1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H 2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H 3 /* 4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header 5 * 6 * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <[email protected]> 7 * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 Michael Wu <[email protected]> 8 * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <[email protected]> 9 * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 Michael Buesch <[email protected]> 10 * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <[email protected]> 11 * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 Jouni Malinen <[email protected]> 12 * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 Colin McCabe <[email protected]> 13 * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 14 * SPDX-License-Identifier: ISC 15 * 16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any 17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above 18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. 19 * 20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES 21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR 23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES 24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN 25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF 26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. 27 * 28 */ 29 30 /* 31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please 32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so 33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI. 34 * 35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in 36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there 37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are 38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API 39 * can actually be identified and removed. 40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file. 41 */ 42 43 #include <linux/types.h> 44 45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211" 46 47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config" 48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan" 49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory" 50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme" 51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor" 52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan" 53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode" 54 55 /** 56 * DOC: Station handling 57 * 58 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN 59 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved 60 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN). 61 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added 62 * to. 63 * 64 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's 65 * capabilities. 66 * 67 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS 68 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows: 69 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate 70 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions 71 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid 72 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same 73 * time mark it authorized. 74 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used 75 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down 76 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK) 77 * 78 * TODO: need more info for other interface types 79 */ 80 81 /** 82 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support 83 * 84 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace 85 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames 86 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example, 87 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel 88 * for various reasons. 89 * 90 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations 91 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to 92 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a 93 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those 94 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the 95 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility 96 * for doing that. 97 * 98 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the 99 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy 100 * attributes so applications know what to expect. 101 * 102 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active, 103 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is 104 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can 105 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but 106 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they 107 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames. 108 * 109 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required 110 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking, 111 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its 112 * status is indicated to the sending socket. 113 * 114 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions 115 * below. 116 */ 117 118 /** 119 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities 120 * 121 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have 122 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this 123 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions 124 * on the types of concurrency that are supported. 125 * 126 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in 127 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the 128 * types there no concurrency is implied. 129 * 130 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed: 131 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in 132 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's 133 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and 134 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN 135 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list 136 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute. 137 * 138 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is 139 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically, 140 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the 141 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of 142 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions 143 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported 144 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially 145 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 146 * 147 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual 148 * interfaces that a given device supports. 149 */ 150 151 /** 152 * DOC: packet coalesce support 153 * 154 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast 155 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the 156 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing 157 * and power consumption. 158 * 159 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts 160 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some 161 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the 162 * following events occur. 163 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum 164 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule. 165 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit. 166 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules. 167 * 168 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce 169 * rule. 170 * a) Maximum coalescing delay 171 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched 172 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match' 173 * Multiple such rules can be created. 174 */ 175 176 /** 177 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload 178 * 179 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers 180 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 181 * preshared key authentication. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the preshared 182 * key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers supporting 183 * this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no preshared 184 * key material is provided, for example when that driver does not 185 * support setting the temporal keys through %CMD_NEW_KEY. 186 * 187 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be 188 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL 189 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication. In order to use the offload 190 * the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS 191 * attribute flag. Drivers supporting this offload may reject the 192 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is not present. 193 * 194 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 195 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also 196 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided. 197 */ 198 199 /** 200 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload 201 * 202 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by 203 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support 204 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the 205 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and 206 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional 207 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 208 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai 209 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai 210 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message 211 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK 212 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and 213 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA. 214 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used 215 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696. 216 * 217 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the 218 * below additional parameters to userspace. 219 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal 220 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges 221 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated 222 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace 223 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used 224 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also. 225 * 226 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS 227 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the 228 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and 229 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based 230 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with 231 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to 232 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching. 233 */ 234 235 /** 236 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands 237 * 238 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors 239 * 240 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request 241 * to get a list of all present wiphys. 242 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or 243 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 244 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the 245 * attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting 246 * monitor mode channel), %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, 247 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, 248 * and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. 249 * However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL 250 * instead, the support here is for backward compatibility only. 251 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request 252 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and 253 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 254 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes 255 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 256 * 257 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration; 258 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a 259 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported. 260 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires 261 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE. 262 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response 263 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 264 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also 265 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface, 266 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and 267 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME. 268 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes 269 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from 270 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires 271 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 272 * 273 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified 274 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 275 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 276 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD. 277 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 278 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 279 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. 280 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX 281 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 282 * 283 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used) 284 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface 285 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL 286 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses 287 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE, 288 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP. 289 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters 290 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that 291 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 292 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 293 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE, 294 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 295 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 296 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 297 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS. 298 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the 299 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width. 300 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 301 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface 302 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP 303 * 304 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by 305 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 306 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by 307 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 308 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the 309 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 310 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 311 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified 312 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and 313 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type 314 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station 315 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that 316 * frame). 317 * 318 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to 319 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 320 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 321 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to 322 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 323 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 324 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by 325 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP. 326 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by 327 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 328 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the 329 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 330 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 331 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified 332 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 333 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by 334 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 335 * 336 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set 337 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device 338 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the 339 * global regdomain will be returned. 340 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the 341 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel 342 * information will still be mended according to further hints from 343 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API 344 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as 345 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it). 346 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then 347 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory 348 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case. 349 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command 350 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory 351 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our 352 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides 353 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each 354 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by 355 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and 356 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by 357 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and 358 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP. 359 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain 360 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will 361 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it. 362 * 363 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the 364 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 365 * 366 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the 367 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 368 * 369 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The 370 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management 371 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be 372 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with 373 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be 374 * added to all specified management frames generated by 375 * kernel/firmware/driver. 376 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this 377 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this 378 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the 379 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 380 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 381 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 382 * 383 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results 384 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters 385 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 386 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to 387 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will 388 * be used. 389 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to 390 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group) 391 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons, 392 * partial scan results may be available 393 * 394 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain 395 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by 396 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is 397 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified, 398 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval. 399 * These attributes are mutually exclusive, 400 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if 401 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined. 402 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan 403 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet). 404 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS) 405 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For 406 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty 407 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and 408 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 409 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not 410 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain 411 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by 412 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the 413 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY 414 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled 415 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute 416 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it. 417 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if 418 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon 419 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again. 420 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan 421 * results available. 422 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has 423 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a 424 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware 425 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running 426 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the 427 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface 428 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running. 429 * 430 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation 431 * or noise level 432 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to 433 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group) 434 * 435 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 436 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 437 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or 438 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 439 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS 440 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier 441 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an 442 * ESS. 443 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 444 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 445 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS 446 * authentication. 447 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries. 448 * 449 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain 450 * has been changed and provides details of the request information 451 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request 452 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx 453 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if 454 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or 455 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain 456 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is 457 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on 458 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2). 459 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon 460 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or 461 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel 462 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example 463 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your 464 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while 465 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not 466 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP 467 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will 468 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always 469 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had 470 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to 471 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from 472 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred 473 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER) 474 * the beacon hint was processed. 475 * 476 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification. 477 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and 478 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the 479 * authentication process. 480 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the 481 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and 482 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify 483 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication 484 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used 485 * to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE 486 * is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to 487 * define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) 488 * to be added to the frame. 489 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication 490 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the 491 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct 492 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the 493 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The 494 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame 495 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is 496 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that 497 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a 498 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which 499 * pending authentication timed out). 500 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like 501 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation 502 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request, 503 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The 504 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the 505 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not 506 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is 507 * included). 508 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like 509 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to 510 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication 511 * primitives). 512 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like 513 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to 514 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives). 515 * 516 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael 517 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the 518 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of 519 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key 520 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and 521 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this 522 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive 523 * 524 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a 525 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found) 526 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those 527 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be 528 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ 529 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval, 530 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not 531 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms). 532 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is 533 * determined by the network interface. 534 * 535 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute 536 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through 537 * to the driver. 538 * 539 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command 540 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating 541 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a 542 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association 543 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, 544 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 545 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 546 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and 547 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT. 548 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are 549 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming 550 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT 551 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while 552 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to 553 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one 554 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing 555 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict 556 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT). 557 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within 558 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with 559 * a different BSS is desired. 560 * Background scan period can optionally be 561 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 562 * if not specified default background scan configuration 563 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled. 564 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan. 565 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the 566 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be 567 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success, 568 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the 569 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate 570 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP. 571 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as 572 * well to remain backwards compatible. 573 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself. 574 * When the driver roamed in a network that requires 802.1X authentication, 575 * %NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED should be set if the 802.1X authentication 576 * was done by the driver or if roaming was done using Fast Transition 577 * protocol (in which case 802.1X authentication is not needed). If 578 * %NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED is not set, user space is responsible for 579 * the 802.1X authentication. 580 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify 581 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other 582 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and 583 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used. 584 * 585 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices 586 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow. 587 * 588 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified 589 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do 590 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for 591 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel. 592 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus 593 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the 594 * frequency for the operation. 595 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds 596 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to 597 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the 598 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the 599 * radio). 600 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 601 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request; 602 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request. 603 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a 604 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been 605 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration. 606 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the 607 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to 608 * uniquely identify the request. 609 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested 610 * remain-on-channel duration has expired. 611 * 612 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX 613 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface 614 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates. 615 * 616 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames 617 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command 618 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for 619 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames) 620 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame 621 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or 622 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration 623 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink 624 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made. 625 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for 626 * backward compatibility 627 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This 628 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and 629 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in 630 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a 631 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 632 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used 633 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was 634 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel 635 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel 636 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time 637 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation 638 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the 639 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request. 640 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 641 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band. 642 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA 643 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute 644 * is used during CSA period. 645 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this 646 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait 647 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. 648 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility. 649 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame 650 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies 651 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the 652 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged 653 * the frame. 654 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for 655 * backward compatibility. 656 * 657 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 658 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 659 * 660 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command 661 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger 662 * levels. 663 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This 664 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was 665 * reached. 666 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 667 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface 668 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on. 669 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism 670 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined. 671 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while 672 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation 673 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take 674 * precedence when they are used. 675 * 676 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface. 677 * 678 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform 679 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets 680 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header) 681 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast) 682 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may 683 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop 684 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability 685 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases. 686 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of 687 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces 688 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode. 689 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this 690 * command, the feature is disabled. 691 * 692 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial 693 * mesh config parameters may be given. 694 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the 695 * network is determined by the network interface. 696 * 697 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame 698 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 699 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 700 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame 701 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 702 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 703 * 704 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a 705 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only 706 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer 707 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 708 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or 709 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this 710 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station 711 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from 712 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the 713 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later 714 * depending on the authentication result. 715 * 716 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 717 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 718 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports 719 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this 720 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For 721 * more background information, see 722 * http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN. 723 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification 724 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the 725 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason 726 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present 727 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the 728 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up. 729 * 730 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver 731 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This 732 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data 733 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and 734 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened, 735 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to 736 * inform userspace of the new replay counter. 737 * 738 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace 739 * of PMKSA caching candidates. 740 * 741 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup). 742 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take 743 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one). 744 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested 745 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and 746 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with 747 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN). 748 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The 749 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be 750 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as 751 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012 752 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently 753 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES 754 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in 755 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode. 756 * 757 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP 758 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to 759 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3 760 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame 761 * is received. 762 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and 763 * other attributes like the interface index are present. 764 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can 765 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription 766 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events. 767 * 768 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the 769 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame 770 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly 771 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener. 772 * 773 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface 774 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is 775 * acknowledged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses 776 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a 777 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match 778 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and 779 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed. 780 * 781 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from 782 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement 783 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME 784 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register. 785 * 786 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether 787 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied. 788 * 789 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels 790 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating 791 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the 792 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be 793 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA 794 * from the remote AP) is completed; 795 * 796 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch 797 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator 798 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or 799 * initiated on our own). It indicates that 800 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 801 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may 802 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other 803 * interfaces to change channel as well. 804 * 805 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by 806 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with 807 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the 808 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and 809 * public action frame TX. 810 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by 811 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. 812 * 813 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to 814 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a 815 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON 816 * is used for this. 817 * 818 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames 819 * for IBSS or MESH vif. 820 * 821 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control. 822 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC 823 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in 824 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in 825 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it 826 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver 827 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This 828 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its 829 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP. 830 * 831 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once 832 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished 833 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with 834 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars 835 * while operating on this channel. 836 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the 837 * event. 838 * 839 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features, 840 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features. 841 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap. 842 * 843 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition 844 * Information Element to the WLAN driver 845 * 846 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver 847 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along 848 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report 849 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). 850 * 851 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running 852 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to 853 * complete. 854 * 855 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can 856 * return back to normal. 857 * 858 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules. 859 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules. 860 * 861 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the 862 * the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA) 863 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the 864 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the 865 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using 866 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel 867 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform 868 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel 869 * switch is complete. 870 * 871 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified 872 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in 873 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in 874 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 875 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is 876 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions 877 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands. 878 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes. 879 * 880 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values. 881 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If 882 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this 883 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an 884 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart. 885 * 886 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given 887 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO 888 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters. 889 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by 890 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets 891 * up the TX TS in the driver/device. 892 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks 893 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to 894 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would 895 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still 896 * fail even if the check was successful. 897 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID 898 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this 899 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating 900 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case. 901 * 902 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to 903 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 904 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 905 * 906 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and 907 * bandwidth of a channel must be given. 908 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the 909 * network is determined by the network interface. 910 * 911 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer, 912 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is 913 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining 914 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via 915 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS. 916 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching 917 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the 918 * AP. 919 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS 920 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel 921 * when this command completes. 922 * 923 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used 924 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom 925 * management. 926 * 927 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is 928 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through 929 * cfg80211_scan_done(). 930 * 931 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its 932 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been 933 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it 934 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a 935 * cluster. This command must have a valid 936 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional 937 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is 938 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will 939 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be 940 * added. 941 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by 942 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. 943 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined 944 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this 945 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id 946 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 947 * of the function upon success. 948 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right 949 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination 950 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new 951 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one 952 * which just terminated. 953 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command 954 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes 955 * the response to this command. 956 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well. 957 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie. 958 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is 959 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID 960 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes. 961 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN 962 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN 963 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following 964 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 965 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the 966 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but 967 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care 968 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do). 969 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported. 970 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and 971 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE. 972 * 973 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters 974 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal 975 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it 976 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently, 977 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command. 978 * 979 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0 980 * for the given authenticator address (specified with &NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 981 * When &NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, &NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the 982 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK. 983 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously 984 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by 985 * &NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 986 * 987 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number 988 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use 989 */ 990 enum nl80211_commands { 991 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 992 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC, 993 994 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */ 995 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY, 996 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY, 997 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY, 998 999 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */ 1000 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE, 1001 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE, 1002 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE, 1003 1004 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY, 1005 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY, 1006 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY, 1007 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY, 1008 1009 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON, 1010 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, 1011 NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1012 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1013 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1014 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1015 1016 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, 1017 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION, 1018 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, 1019 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION, 1020 1021 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, 1022 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH, 1023 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH, 1024 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH, 1025 1026 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS, 1027 1028 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG, 1029 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG, 1030 1031 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG, 1032 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG, 1033 1034 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */, 1035 1036 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG, 1037 1038 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN, 1039 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 1040 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS, 1041 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED, 1042 1043 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, 1044 1045 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, 1046 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 1047 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1048 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, 1049 1050 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE, 1051 1052 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT, 1053 1054 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS, 1055 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS, 1056 1057 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 1058 1059 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, 1060 NL80211_CMD_ROAM, 1061 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT, 1062 1063 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS, 1064 1065 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, 1066 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS, 1067 1068 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA, 1069 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA, 1070 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA, 1071 1072 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1073 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1074 1075 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK, 1076 1077 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1078 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1079 NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1080 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1081 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1082 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1083 1084 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE, 1085 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE, 1086 1087 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM, 1088 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM, 1089 1090 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL, 1091 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER, 1092 1093 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL, 1094 1095 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH, 1096 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH, 1097 1098 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1099 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE, 1100 1101 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE, 1102 1103 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN, 1104 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN, 1105 1106 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN, 1107 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN, 1108 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS, 1109 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED, 1110 1111 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD, 1112 1113 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 1114 1115 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER, 1116 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT, 1117 1118 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME, 1119 1120 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT, 1121 1122 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS, 1123 1124 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME, 1125 1126 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP, 1127 1128 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY, 1129 1130 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE, 1131 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE, 1132 1133 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED, 1134 1135 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE, 1136 1137 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, 1138 1139 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT, 1140 1141 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 1142 1143 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES, 1144 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT, 1145 1146 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START, 1147 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP, 1148 1149 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE, 1150 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE, 1151 1152 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1153 1154 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 1155 1156 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP, 1157 1158 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS, 1159 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS, 1160 1161 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP, 1162 1163 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB, 1164 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB, 1165 1166 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY, 1167 1168 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1169 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1170 1171 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE, 1172 1173 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN, 1174 1175 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN, 1176 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN, 1177 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION, 1178 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION, 1179 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, 1180 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH, 1181 1182 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST, 1183 1184 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS, 1185 1186 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK, 1187 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK, 1188 1189 /* add new commands above here */ 1190 1191 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ 1192 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST, 1193 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1 1194 }; 1195 1196 /* 1197 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them 1198 * here 1199 */ 1200 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS 1201 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE 1202 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE 1203 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE 1204 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1205 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE 1206 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE 1207 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT 1208 1209 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 1210 1211 /* source-level API compatibility */ 1212 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG 1213 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG 1214 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE 1215 1216 /** 1217 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes 1218 * 1219 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors 1220 * 1221 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf. 1222 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index 1223 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming) 1224 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters 1225 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz, 1226 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated) 1227 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes 1228 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 1229 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 1230 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values 1231 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the 1232 * documentation of the enum for more information. 1233 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the 1234 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth 1235 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the 1236 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth 1237 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 1238 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included): 1239 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including 1240 * this attribute) 1241 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only 1242 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel 1243 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel 1244 * This attribute is now deprecated. 1245 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1246 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1247 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8 1248 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1249 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1250 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8 1251 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum 1252 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable 1253 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32 1254 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length 1255 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range: 1256 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32 1257 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11 1258 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8 1259 * 1260 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on 1261 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name 1262 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype 1263 * 1264 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices 1265 * that don't have a netdev (u64) 1266 * 1267 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses) 1268 * 1269 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 1270 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 1271 * keys 1272 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 1273 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 1274 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 1275 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 1276 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 1277 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key 1278 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the 1279 * default management key 1280 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or 1281 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used 1282 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or 1283 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used 1284 * 1285 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU 1286 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing 1287 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE 1288 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE 1289 * 1290 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16) 1291 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1292 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2) 1293 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by 1294 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16). 1295 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported 1296 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1297 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1298 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station 1299 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to to. 1300 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info 1301 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing 1302 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info. 1303 * 1304 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands, 1305 * consisting of a nested array. 1306 * 1307 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes). 1308 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link 1309 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action). 1310 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path. 1311 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path 1312 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at 1313 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info. 1314 * 1315 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1316 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags. 1317 * 1318 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the 1319 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to. 1320 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel 1321 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can 1322 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set 1323 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the 1324 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country. 1325 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain 1326 * to a specific alpha2. 1327 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory 1328 * rules. 1329 * 1330 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1) 1331 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1332 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1333 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled 1334 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1335 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic 1336 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1337 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1338 * 1339 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from 1340 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 1341 * 1342 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all 1343 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number 1344 * of the interface mode. 1345 * 1346 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for 1347 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE. 1348 * 1349 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with 1350 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE). 1351 * 1352 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with 1353 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1354 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can 1355 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1356 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements 1357 * that can be added to a scan request 1358 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information 1359 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request 1360 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be 1361 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute. 1362 * 1363 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz) 1364 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive 1365 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan 1366 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS 1367 * 1368 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain 1369 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_* 1370 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently 1371 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*) 1372 * 1373 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies 1374 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number) 1375 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports. 1376 * 1377 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header 1378 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and 1379 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events 1380 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets) 1381 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type, 1382 * represented as a u32 1383 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and 1384 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16 1385 * 1386 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as 1387 * a u32 1388 * 1389 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1390 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1391 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This 1392 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1393 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1394 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1395 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1396 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This 1397 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1398 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1399 * 1400 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported 1401 * cipher suites 1402 * 1403 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look 1404 * for other networks on different channels 1405 * 1406 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this 1407 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event 1408 * 1409 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is 1410 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32); 1411 * this attribute can be used 1412 * with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests 1413 * 1414 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a 1415 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 1416 * 1417 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls 1418 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in 1419 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1420 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until 1421 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by 1422 * default in station mode. 1423 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the 1424 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be 1425 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not 1426 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This 1427 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to 1428 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported. 1429 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with 1430 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom 1431 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted. 1432 * 1433 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver. 1434 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this. 1435 * 1436 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT 1437 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to 1438 * a local disconnect request. 1439 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 1440 * event (u16) 1441 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating 1442 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to 1443 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection. 1444 * 1445 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON 1446 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection 1447 * (an array of u32). 1448 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1449 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a 1450 * u32). 1451 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1452 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using 1453 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions). 1454 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1455 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32). 1456 * 1457 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as 1458 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1459 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as 1460 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1461 * 1462 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT 1463 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use 1464 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the 1465 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is 1466 * used for the initial association to an ESS. 1467 * 1468 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with 1469 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1470 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect() 1471 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each 1472 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1473 * 1474 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace. 1475 * 1476 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for 1477 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being 1478 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has 1479 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that 1480 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it 1481 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated 1482 * completely from scratch. 1483 * 1484 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface 1485 * 1486 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of 1487 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute 1488 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info. 1489 * 1490 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching. 1491 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can 1492 * cache, a wiphy attribute. 1493 * 1494 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32. 1495 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that 1496 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the 1497 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32. 1498 * 1499 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects. 1500 * 1501 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes 1502 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The 1503 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested 1504 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all 1505 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute 1506 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP, 1507 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must 1508 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon. 1509 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended 1510 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 1511 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and 1512 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT. 1513 * 1514 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain 1515 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME. 1516 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the 1517 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command. 1518 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1519 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1520 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with 1521 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1522 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1523 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1524 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX. 1525 * 1526 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was 1527 * acknowledged by the recipient. 1528 * 1529 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values. 1530 * 1531 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a 1532 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes. 1533 * 1534 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command 1535 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without 1536 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with 1537 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1538 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 1539 * 1540 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations 1541 * connected to this BSS. 1542 * 1543 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See 1544 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values. 1545 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units. 1546 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING 1547 * for non-automatic settings. 1548 * 1549 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly 1550 * means support for per-station GTKs. 1551 * 1552 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting. 1553 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1554 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this 1555 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna. 1556 * 1557 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first 1558 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n 1559 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to 1560 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if 1561 * a chain has diversity antennas whether diversity should be used or not. 1562 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be 1563 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask. 1564 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive whether to use diversity or not. 1565 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot 1566 * support by returning -EINVAL. 1567 * 1568 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving. 1569 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1570 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap 1571 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. 1572 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. 1573 * 1574 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1575 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters. 1576 * 1577 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1578 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters. 1579 * 1580 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS 1581 * 1582 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be 1583 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match 1584 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this 1585 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an 1586 * nl80211 capability flag. 1587 * 1588 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16) 1589 * 1590 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 1591 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 1592 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 1593 * 1594 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be 1595 * changed once the mesh is active. 1596 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute 1597 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params. 1598 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver 1599 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via 1600 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag. 1601 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in 1602 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link 1603 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or 1604 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled. 1605 * 1606 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy 1607 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers 1608 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to 1609 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also 1610 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN 1611 * triggers. 1612 * 1613 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan 1614 * cycles, in msecs. 1615 * 1616 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more 1617 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs 1618 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are 1619 * pass-thru filter rules. 1620 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a 1621 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of 1622 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are 1623 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be 1624 * able to ignore them by itself. 1625 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but 1626 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application 1627 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway. 1628 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with 1629 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID 1630 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes 1631 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned. 1632 * If omitted, no filtering is done. 1633 * 1634 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported 1635 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes 1636 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 1637 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like 1638 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that 1639 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to 1640 * any restrictions in their number or combinations. 1641 * 1642 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information 1643 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data. 1644 * 1645 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan, 1646 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry 1647 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but 1648 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1649 * 1650 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon 1651 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see 1652 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32 1653 * 1654 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame. 1655 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to 1656 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the 1657 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames. 1658 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association 1659 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and 1660 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into 1661 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to 1662 * (Re)Association Request frames. 1663 * 1664 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration 1665 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr. 1666 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working 1667 * as AP. 1668 * 1669 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of 1670 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low. 1671 * 1672 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching 1673 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr. 1674 * 1675 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not 1676 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action 1677 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space 1678 * applications use this attribute. 1679 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and 1680 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands. 1681 * 1682 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup 1683 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are 1684 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification. 1685 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a 1686 * TDLS conversation between two devices. 1687 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see 1688 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8. 1689 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate 1690 * as a TDLS peer sta. 1691 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown 1692 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via 1693 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 1694 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation. 1695 * 1696 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices 1697 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated 1698 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see 1699 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 1700 * 1701 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells 1702 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this, 1703 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is 1704 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime. 1705 * 1706 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from 1707 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information. 1708 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe 1709 * requests while operating in AP-mode. 1710 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for 1711 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr). 1712 * 1713 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire 1714 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out, 1715 * to be filled by the FW. 1716 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable 1717 * this feature. Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers. 1718 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the 1719 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid. 1720 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature. 1721 * The values that may be configured are: 1722 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40 1723 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor. 1724 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored 1725 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in 1726 * the station debugfs ht_caps file. 1727 * 1728 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country 1729 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps 1730 * to one DFS region. 1731 * 1732 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of 1733 * up to 16 TIDs. 1734 * 1735 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be 1736 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support 1737 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from 1738 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the 1739 * capability to timeout the stations. 1740 * 1741 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int); 1742 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to 1743 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1744 * 1745 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds 1746 * or 0 to disable background scan. 1747 * 1748 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from 1749 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from 1750 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source 1751 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of 1752 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type. 1753 * 1754 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected 1755 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason 1756 * enum has different reasons of connection failure. 1757 * 1758 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. 1759 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), 1760 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the 1761 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with 1762 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into 1763 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the 1764 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and 1765 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data 1766 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition 1767 * consistent. 1768 * 1769 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from 1770 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 1771 * 1772 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32) 1773 * 1774 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with 1775 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands 1776 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the 1777 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1; 1778 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS 1779 * no change is made. 1780 * 1781 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 1782 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode. 1783 * 1784 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy, 1785 * carried in a u32 attribute 1786 * 1787 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for 1788 * MAC ACL. 1789 * 1790 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum 1791 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC 1792 * ACL. 1793 * 1794 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace, 1795 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32). 1796 * 1797 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver 1798 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See 1799 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information. 1800 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver 1801 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields. 1802 * 1803 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to 1804 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD). 1805 * 1806 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are 1807 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations 1808 * and PU-APSD. 1809 * 1810 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see 1811 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32. 1812 * 1813 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports 1814 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple 1815 * messages, given with wiphy dump message 1816 * 1817 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier 1818 * 1819 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information 1820 * Element 1821 * 1822 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased 1823 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16). 1824 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which 1825 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16). 1826 * 1827 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16). 1828 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being 1829 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to 1830 * update a TDLS peer STA entry. 1831 * 1832 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information. 1833 * 1834 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's 1835 * until the channel switch event. 1836 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission 1837 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch 1838 * operation). 1839 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information 1840 * for the time while performing a channel switch. 1841 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 1842 * switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL). 1843 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 1844 * switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP). 1845 * 1846 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32. 1847 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags. 1848 * 1849 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels. 1850 * 1851 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported 1852 * supported operating classes. 1853 * 1854 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space 1855 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in 1856 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS 1857 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required 1858 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the 1859 * IBSS network. 1860 * 1861 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 1862 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth. 1863 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 1864 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth. 1865 * 1866 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode 1867 * Notification Element based on association request when used with 1868 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when 1869 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS); 1870 * u8 attribute. 1871 * 1872 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if 1873 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet) 1874 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command 1875 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this 1876 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement 1877 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy 1878 * info, containing a nested array of possible events 1879 * 1880 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This 1881 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element 1882 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97. 1883 * 1884 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS 1885 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS 1886 * 1887 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many 1888 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32. 1889 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g., 1890 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to 1891 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt 1892 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail. 1893 * 1894 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which 1895 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted. 1896 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum 1897 * supported number of csa counters. 1898 * 1899 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32. 1900 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability. 1901 * 1902 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface 1903 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket 1904 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed. 1905 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be 1906 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will 1907 * be stopped when the socket is closed. 1908 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the 1909 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket 1910 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be 1911 * cleared when the socket is closed. 1912 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed 1913 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN 1914 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this 1915 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN 1916 * multicast group. 1917 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the 1918 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed. 1919 * 1920 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is 1921 * the TDLS link initiator. 1922 * 1923 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection 1924 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be 1925 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. 1926 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the 1927 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features: 1928 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES, 1929 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET, 1930 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see: 1931 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM 1932 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the 1933 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability 1934 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field. 1935 * 1936 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout 1937 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack 1938 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower 1939 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled 1940 * setting valid value for coverage class. 1941 * 1942 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute) 1943 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute) 1944 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds 1945 * (per second) (u16 attribute) 1946 * 1947 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see 1948 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode. 1949 * 1950 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class 1951 * 1952 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask 1953 * 1954 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device 1955 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain 1956 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global 1957 * cfg80211 regdomain. 1958 * 1959 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte 1960 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum 1961 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the 1962 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0 1963 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1 1964 * of byte 3 (u8 array). 1965 * 1966 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be 1967 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY 1968 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio 1969 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.) 1970 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information 1971 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters 1972 * over all channels. 1973 * 1974 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a 1975 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN 1976 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the 1977 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds. 1978 1979 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device 1980 * is operating in an indoor environment. 1981 * 1982 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for 1983 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute. 1984 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for 1985 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 1986 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in 1987 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 1988 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan. 1989 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval 1990 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely, 1991 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval 1992 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially. 1993 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan. 1994 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate 1995 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request 1996 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start 1997 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only. 1998 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the 1999 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains 2000 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what 2001 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 2002 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for 2003 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware. 2004 * 2005 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported 2006 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status 2007 * 2008 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 2009 * 2010 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes: 2011 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2012 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per 2013 * interface type. 2014 * 2015 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO 2016 * groupID for monitor mode. 2017 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each 2018 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved), 2019 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in 2020 * that group and 0 for not being a member. 2021 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for 2022 * each group. 2023 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger 2024 * group numbers on least significant bits.) 2025 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode. 2026 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO 2027 * groupID data. 2028 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero. 2029 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow 2030 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer. 2031 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address 2032 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF) 2033 * 2034 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually 2035 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that 2036 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this 2037 * attribute must not be included). 2038 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which 2039 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set. 2040 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If 2041 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the 2042 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with 2043 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN 2044 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement. 2045 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates 2046 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is 2047 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration 2048 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter. 2049 * 2050 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is 2051 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state. 2052 * 2053 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by 2054 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with 2055 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0. 2056 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and 2057 * should not be used during a normal device operation. 2058 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32 2059 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum 2060 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 2061 * would be set. This attribute is used with 2062 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and 2063 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and 2064 * the device will decide what to use. 2065 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See 2066 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested 2067 * attribute. 2068 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute. 2069 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes. 2070 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame 2071 * protection. 2072 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association 2073 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet 2074 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2075 * 2076 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast 2077 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute). 2078 * 2079 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also 2080 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID. 2081 * 2082 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which 2083 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current 2084 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space. 2085 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to 2086 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than 2087 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid 2088 * unnecessary wakeups. 2089 * 2090 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in 2091 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 2092 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out 2093 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure 2094 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 2095 * 2096 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out. 2097 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used, 2098 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event. 2099 * 2100 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) 2101 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with 2102 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2103 * 2104 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part 2105 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with 2106 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2107 * 2108 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number 2109 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data 2110 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2111 * 2112 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the 2113 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and 2114 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK 2115 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with 2116 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2117 * 2118 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP 2119 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with 2120 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA. 2121 * 2122 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with 2123 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID. 2124 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT it is used to provide PSK for offloading 4-way 2125 * handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X authentication it is 2126 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support this attribute 2127 * specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is included as well. 2128 * 2129 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to 2130 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests. 2131 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled 2132 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32). 2133 * 2134 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include 2135 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it 2136 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake. 2137 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT. 2138 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: flag attribute used in %NL80211_CMD_ROAMED 2139 * notification indicating that that 802.1X authentication was done by 2140 * the driver or is not needed (because roaming used the Fast Transition 2141 * protocol). 2142 * 2143 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available 2144 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined 2145 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2146 */ 2147 enum nl80211_attrs { 2148 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 2149 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC, 2150 2151 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, 2152 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 2153 2154 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 2155 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME, 2156 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, 2157 2158 NL80211_ATTR_MAC, 2159 2160 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 2161 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, 2162 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 2163 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ, 2164 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 2165 2166 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 2167 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, 2168 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD, 2169 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL, 2170 2171 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID, 2172 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS, 2173 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL, 2174 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES, 2175 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN, 2176 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO, 2177 2178 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS, 2179 2180 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS, 2181 2182 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID, 2183 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION, 2184 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP, 2185 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO, 2186 2187 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT, 2188 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 2189 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 2190 2191 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY, 2192 2193 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES, 2194 2195 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2, 2196 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES, 2197 2198 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG, 2199 2200 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES, 2201 2202 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, 2203 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 2204 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE, 2205 2206 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 2207 2208 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE, 2209 NL80211_ATTR_IE, 2210 2211 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS, 2212 2213 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 2214 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS, 2215 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */ 2216 NL80211_ATTR_BSS, 2217 2218 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR, 2219 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE, 2220 2221 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS, 2222 2223 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME, 2224 NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 2225 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 2226 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE, 2227 2228 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE, 2229 2230 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2231 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES, 2232 2233 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE, 2234 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER, 2235 2236 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED, 2237 2238 2239 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, 2240 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 2241 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, 2242 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD, 2243 2244 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT, 2245 2246 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, 2247 2248 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2, 2249 2250 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 2251 2252 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 2253 2254 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 2255 2256 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP, 2257 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE, 2258 2259 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE, 2260 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, 2261 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 2262 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, 2263 2264 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE, 2265 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE, 2266 2267 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID, 2268 2269 NL80211_ATTR_KEY, 2270 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS, 2271 2272 NL80211_ATTR_PID, 2273 2274 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR, 2275 2276 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO, 2277 2278 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, 2279 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS, 2280 2281 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION, 2282 2283 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE, 2284 2285 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS, 2286 2287 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES, 2288 2289 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH, 2290 2291 NL80211_ATTR_ACK, 2292 2293 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE, 2294 2295 NL80211_ATTR_CQM, 2296 2297 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE, 2298 2299 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE, 2300 2301 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING, 2302 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL, 2303 2304 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES, 2305 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES, 2306 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE, 2307 2308 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 2309 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 2310 2311 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN, 2312 2313 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX, 2314 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX, 2315 2316 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE, 2317 2318 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK, 2319 2320 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE, 2321 2322 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 2323 2324 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION, 2325 2326 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP, 2327 2328 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX, 2329 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX, 2330 2331 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH, 2332 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE, 2333 2334 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS, 2335 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, 2336 2337 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL, 2338 2339 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS, 2340 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES, 2341 2342 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA, 2343 2344 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS, 2345 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2346 2347 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES, 2348 2349 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, 2350 2351 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP, 2352 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP, 2353 2354 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME, 2355 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD, 2356 2357 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT, 2358 2359 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, 2360 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS, 2361 2362 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 2363 2364 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE, 2365 2366 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION, 2367 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN, 2368 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION, 2369 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT, 2370 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP, 2371 2372 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME, 2373 2374 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK, 2375 2376 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS, 2377 2378 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD, 2379 2380 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP, 2381 2382 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION, 2383 2384 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT, 2385 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2386 2387 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP, 2388 2389 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 2390 2391 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM, 2392 2393 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 2394 2395 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV, 2396 2397 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE, 2398 2399 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON, 2400 2401 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA, 2402 2403 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY, 2404 2405 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS, 2406 2407 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH, 2408 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1, 2409 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2, 2410 2411 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW, 2412 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS, 2413 2414 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE, 2415 2416 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY, 2417 2418 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS, 2419 2420 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX, 2421 2422 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT, 2423 2424 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2425 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, 2426 2427 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY, 2428 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY, 2429 2430 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 2431 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP, 2432 2433 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT, 2434 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2435 2436 NL80211_ATTR_MDID, 2437 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC, 2438 2439 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID, 2440 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION, 2441 2442 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID, 2443 2444 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 2445 2446 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT, 2447 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX, 2448 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES, 2449 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON, 2450 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP, 2451 2452 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS, 2453 2454 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS, 2455 2456 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES, 2457 2458 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS, 2459 2460 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ, 2461 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ, 2462 2463 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF, 2464 2465 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID, 2466 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD, 2467 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 2468 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS, 2469 2470 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP, 2471 2472 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, 2473 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT, 2474 2475 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA, 2476 2477 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY, 2478 2479 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER, 2480 2481 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX, 2482 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS, 2483 2484 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR, 2485 2486 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM, 2487 2488 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK, 2489 2490 NL80211_ATTR_TSID, 2491 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO, 2492 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME, 2493 2494 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 2495 2496 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS, 2497 2498 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK, 2499 2500 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG, 2501 2502 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES, 2503 2504 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS, 2505 2506 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD, 2507 2508 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY, 2509 2510 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR, 2511 2512 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 2513 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 2514 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 2515 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 2516 2517 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS, 2518 2519 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT, 2520 2521 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS, 2522 2523 NL80211_ATTR_PAD, 2524 2525 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA, 2526 2527 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA, 2528 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR, 2529 2530 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF, 2531 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID, 2532 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION, 2533 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY, 2534 2535 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID, 2536 2537 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 2538 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS, 2539 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC, 2540 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH, 2541 2542 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK, 2543 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES, 2544 2545 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED, 2546 2547 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID, 2548 2549 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 2550 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST, 2551 2552 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON, 2553 2554 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME, 2555 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM, 2556 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM, 2557 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK, 2558 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 2559 2560 NL80211_ATTR_PMK, 2561 2562 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI, 2563 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS, 2564 2565 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS, 2566 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME, 2567 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 2568 2569 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ 2570 2571 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 2572 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 2573 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 2574 }; 2575 2576 /* source-level API compatibility */ 2577 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION 2578 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG 2579 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 2580 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA 2581 2582 /* 2583 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them 2584 * here 2585 */ 2586 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 2587 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY 2588 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES 2589 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS 2590 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 2591 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE 2592 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE 2593 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE 2594 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR 2595 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE 2596 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 2597 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID 2598 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE 2599 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE 2600 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE 2601 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP 2602 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS 2603 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES 2604 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY 2605 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS 2606 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 2607 2608 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32 2609 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77 2610 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 64 2611 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0 2612 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16 2613 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24 2614 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26 2615 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12 2616 2617 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5 2618 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2 2619 2620 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10 2621 2622 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */ 2623 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300 2624 2625 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800 2626 2627 /** 2628 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types 2629 * 2630 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides 2631 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member 2632 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member 2633 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point 2634 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces 2635 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing 2636 * AP type interface. 2637 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface 2638 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames 2639 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point 2640 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client 2641 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner 2642 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev 2643 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the 2644 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE 2645 * commands to create and destroy one 2646 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS 2647 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true 2648 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev) 2649 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined 2650 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types 2651 * 2652 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE 2653 * to set the type of an interface. 2654 * 2655 */ 2656 enum nl80211_iftype { 2657 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED, 2658 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC, 2659 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION, 2660 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP, 2661 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN, 2662 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS, 2663 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR, 2664 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT, 2665 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT, 2666 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO, 2667 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE, 2668 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB, 2669 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN, 2670 2671 /* keep last */ 2672 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES, 2673 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1 2674 }; 2675 2676 /** 2677 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags 2678 * 2679 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is 2680 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.) 2681 * 2682 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 2683 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X) 2684 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames 2685 * with short barker preamble 2686 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable 2687 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection 2688 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated 2689 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should 2690 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the 2691 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and 2692 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected 2693 * as errors.) 2694 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers 2695 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a 2696 * previously added station into associated state 2697 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined 2698 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2699 */ 2700 enum nl80211_sta_flags { 2701 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID, 2702 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, 2703 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 2704 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME, 2705 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP, 2706 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED, 2707 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER, 2708 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED, 2709 2710 /* keep last */ 2711 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 2712 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 2713 }; 2714 2715 /** 2716 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS 2717 * 2718 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism 2719 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism 2720 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values 2721 */ 2722 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status { 2723 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0, 2724 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED, 2725 2726 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS, 2727 }; 2728 2729 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER 2730 2731 /** 2732 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set 2733 * @mask: mask of station flags to set 2734 * @set: which values to set them to 2735 * 2736 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags. 2737 */ 2738 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update { 2739 __u32 mask; 2740 __u32 set; 2741 } __attribute__((packed)); 2742 2743 /** 2744 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information 2745 * 2746 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE 2747 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 2748 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents 2749 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value. 2750 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported 2751 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits 2752 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included. 2753 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall 2754 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels. 2755 * 2756 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 2757 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s) 2758 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8) 2759 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate 2760 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 2761 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s) 2762 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined 2763 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8) 2764 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8) 2765 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate 2766 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the 2767 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates 2768 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate 2769 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is 2770 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 2771 * half the base (20 MHz) rate 2772 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is 2773 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 2774 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate 2775 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2776 */ 2777 enum nl80211_rate_info { 2778 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID, 2779 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE, 2780 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS, 2781 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH, 2782 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI, 2783 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32, 2784 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS, 2785 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS, 2786 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH, 2787 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH, 2788 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH, 2789 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH, 2790 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH, 2791 2792 /* keep last */ 2793 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 2794 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 2795 }; 2796 2797 /** 2798 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA 2799 * 2800 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM 2801 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 2802 * 2803 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 2804 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag) 2805 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 2806 * (flag) 2807 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 2808 * (flag) 2809 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8) 2810 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16) 2811 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined 2812 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2813 */ 2814 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param { 2815 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID, 2816 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT, 2817 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 2818 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 2819 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD, 2820 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL, 2821 2822 /* keep last */ 2823 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST, 2824 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1 2825 }; 2826 2827 /** 2828 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information 2829 * 2830 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO 2831 * when getting information about a station. 2832 * 2833 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 2834 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs) 2835 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length) 2836 * (u32, from this station) 2837 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 2838 * (u32, to this station) 2839 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length) 2840 * (u64, from this station) 2841 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 2842 * (u64, to this station) 2843 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm) 2844 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute 2845 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info 2846 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 2847 * (u32, from this station) 2848 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 2849 * (u32, to this station) 2850 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station) 2851 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs) 2852 * (u32, to this station) 2853 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) 2854 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID 2855 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID 2856 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station 2857 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state) 2858 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested 2859 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE. 2860 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute 2861 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param 2862 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected 2863 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 2864 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32) 2865 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64) 2866 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 2867 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode 2868 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards 2869 * non-peer STA 2870 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU 2871 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm) 2872 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average 2873 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL. 2874 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the 2875 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps) 2876 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons 2877 * (u64) 2878 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64) 2879 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average 2880 * for beacons only (u8, dBm) 2881 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats) 2882 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the 2883 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames; 2884 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats 2885 * attributes carrying the actual values. 2886 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 2887 * received from the station (u64, usec) 2888 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 2889 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal 2890 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute 2891 */ 2892 enum nl80211_sta_info { 2893 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID, 2894 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME, 2895 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES, 2896 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES, 2897 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID, 2898 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID, 2899 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE, 2900 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL, 2901 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE, 2902 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS, 2903 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, 2904 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES, 2905 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED, 2906 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, 2907 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE, 2908 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM, 2909 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME, 2910 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS, 2911 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS, 2912 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET, 2913 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM, 2914 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM, 2915 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM, 2916 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64, 2917 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64, 2918 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 2919 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG, 2920 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT, 2921 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC, 2922 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX, 2923 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG, 2924 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS, 2925 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION, 2926 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD, 2927 2928 /* keep last */ 2929 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 2930 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 2931 }; 2932 2933 /** 2934 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes 2935 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 2936 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64) 2937 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or 2938 * attempted to transmit; u64) 2939 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for 2940 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64) 2941 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted 2942 * MSDUs (u64) 2943 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 2944 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here 2945 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 2946 */ 2947 enum nl80211_tid_stats { 2948 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID, 2949 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU, 2950 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU, 2951 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES, 2952 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED, 2953 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD, 2954 2955 /* keep last */ 2956 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS, 2957 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1 2958 }; 2959 2960 /** 2961 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags 2962 * 2963 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active 2964 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running 2965 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN 2966 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set 2967 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded 2968 */ 2969 enum nl80211_mpath_flags { 2970 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0, 2971 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1, 2972 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2, 2973 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3, 2974 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4, 2975 }; 2976 2977 /** 2978 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information 2979 * 2980 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting 2981 * information about a mesh path. 2982 * 2983 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 2984 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination 2985 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number 2986 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path 2987 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now 2988 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in 2989 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags; 2990 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec 2991 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries 2992 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number 2993 * currently defined 2994 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2995 */ 2996 enum nl80211_mpath_info { 2997 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID, 2998 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN, 2999 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN, 3000 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC, 3001 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME, 3002 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS, 3003 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 3004 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES, 3005 3006 /* keep last */ 3007 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3008 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3009 }; 3010 3011 /** 3012 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes 3013 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3014 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band, 3015 * an array of nested frequency attributes 3016 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band, 3017 * an array of nested bitrate attributes 3018 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 3019 * defined in 802.11n 3020 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 3021 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n 3022 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n 3023 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 3024 * defined in 802.11ac 3025 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 3026 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined 3027 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3028 */ 3029 enum nl80211_band_attr { 3030 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID, 3031 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS, 3032 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES, 3033 3034 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET, 3035 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA, 3036 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR, 3037 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY, 3038 3039 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET, 3040 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA, 3041 3042 /* keep last */ 3043 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3044 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3045 }; 3046 3047 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA 3048 3049 /** 3050 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes 3051 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3052 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz 3053 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current 3054 * regulatory domain. 3055 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation 3056 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe 3057 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing. 3058 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory 3059 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3060 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm 3061 * (100 * dBm). 3062 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS 3063 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state) 3064 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in milliseconds for how long 3065 * this channel is in this DFS state. 3066 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this 3067 * channel as the control channel 3068 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this 3069 * channel as the control channel 3070 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel 3071 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible, 3072 * this includes 80+80 channels 3073 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel 3074 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels 3075 * isn't possible 3076 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 3077 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this 3078 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be 3079 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in 3080 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not 3081 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master 3082 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power. 3083 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this 3084 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on 3085 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz 3086 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS 3087 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be 3088 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under 3089 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS 3090 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and 3091 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e., 3092 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this 3093 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP). 3094 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed 3095 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3096 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed 3097 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3098 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number 3099 * currently defined 3100 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3101 * 3102 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122 3103 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed 3104 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and 3105 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT. 3106 */ 3107 enum nl80211_frequency_attr { 3108 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID, 3109 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ, 3110 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED, 3111 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR, 3112 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS, 3113 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR, 3114 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER, 3115 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE, 3116 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME, 3117 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS, 3118 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS, 3119 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ, 3120 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ, 3121 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 3122 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY, 3123 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT, 3124 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ, 3125 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ, 3126 3127 /* keep last */ 3128 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3129 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3130 }; 3131 3132 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER 3133 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3134 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3135 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3136 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \ 3137 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 3138 3139 /** 3140 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes 3141 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3142 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps 3143 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported 3144 * in 2.4 GHz band. 3145 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number 3146 * currently defined 3147 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3148 */ 3149 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr { 3150 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID, 3151 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE, 3152 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE, 3153 3154 /* keep last */ 3155 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3156 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3157 }; 3158 3159 /** 3160 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request 3161 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world 3162 * regulatory domain. 3163 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the 3164 * regulatory domain. 3165 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the 3166 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in. 3167 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an 3168 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it 3169 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country 3170 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information 3171 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb. 3172 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should 3173 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation. 3174 */ 3175 enum nl80211_reg_initiator { 3176 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE, 3177 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER, 3178 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, 3179 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE, 3180 }; 3181 3182 /** 3183 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain 3184 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains 3185 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the 3186 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid. 3187 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory 3188 * domain. 3189 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom 3190 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide 3191 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested 3192 * them to be applied. 3193 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product 3194 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously 3195 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory 3196 * domain request to be processed. 3197 */ 3198 enum nl80211_reg_type { 3199 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY, 3200 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD, 3201 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD, 3202 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION, 3203 }; 3204 3205 /** 3206 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes 3207 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3208 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional 3209 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the 3210 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags. 3211 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory 3212 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory 3213 * band edge. 3214 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule 3215 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory 3216 * band edge. 3217 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this 3218 * frequency range, in KHz. 3219 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain 3220 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi). 3221 * If you don't have one then don't send this. 3222 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for 3223 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm). 3224 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 3225 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used. 3226 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number 3227 * currently defined 3228 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3229 */ 3230 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr { 3231 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID, 3232 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, 3233 3234 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START, 3235 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END, 3236 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW, 3237 3238 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN, 3239 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP, 3240 3241 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 3242 3243 /* keep last */ 3244 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3245 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3246 }; 3247 3248 /** 3249 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes 3250 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3251 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching, 3252 * only report BSS with matching SSID. 3253 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.) 3254 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a 3255 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that 3256 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as 3257 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a 3258 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with 3259 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem, 3260 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this 3261 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute. 3262 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether 3263 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or 3264 * relative to current bss's RSSI. 3265 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 3266 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 3267 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 3268 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 3269 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching 3270 * (this cannot be used together with SSID). 3271 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter 3272 * attribute number currently defined 3273 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3274 */ 3275 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr { 3276 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID, 3277 3278 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID, 3279 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI, 3280 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI, 3281 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 3282 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID, 3283 3284 /* keep last */ 3285 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3286 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = 3287 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3288 }; 3289 3290 /* only for backward compatibility */ 3291 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID 3292 3293 /** 3294 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags 3295 * 3296 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed 3297 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed 3298 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed 3299 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed 3300 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used 3301 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links 3302 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links 3303 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed, 3304 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require 3305 * beaconing. 3306 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated 3307 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross 3308 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges. 3309 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See &NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 3310 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation 3311 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation 3312 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed 3313 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed 3314 */ 3315 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags { 3316 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0, 3317 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1, 3318 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2, 3319 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3, 3320 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4, 3321 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5, 3322 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6, 3323 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7, 3324 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8, 3325 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11, 3326 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12, 3327 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13, 3328 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14, 3329 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15, 3330 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16, 3331 }; 3332 3333 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3334 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3335 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3336 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\ 3337 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS) 3338 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT 3339 3340 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */ 3341 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS) 3342 3343 /** 3344 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions 3345 * 3346 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified 3347 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC 3348 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI 3349 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec 3350 */ 3351 enum nl80211_dfs_regions { 3352 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0, 3353 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1, 3354 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2, 3355 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3, 3356 }; 3357 3358 /** 3359 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint 3360 * 3361 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always 3362 * assumed if the attribute is not set. 3363 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular 3364 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work 3365 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints 3366 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature 3367 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will 3368 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device 3369 * present has been registered with the wireless core that 3370 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a 3371 * supported feature. 3372 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the 3373 * platform is operating in an indoor environment. 3374 */ 3375 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type { 3376 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0, 3377 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1, 3378 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2, 3379 }; 3380 3381 /** 3382 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information 3383 * 3384 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO 3385 * when getting information about a survey. 3386 * 3387 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3388 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel 3389 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm) 3390 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 3391 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio 3392 * was turned on (on channel or globally) 3393 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary 3394 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect) 3395 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension 3396 * channel was sensed busy 3397 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent 3398 * receiving data (on channel or globally) 3399 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent 3400 * transmitting data (on channel or globally) 3401 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan 3402 * (on this channel or globally) 3403 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3404 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number 3405 * currently defined 3406 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3407 */ 3408 enum nl80211_survey_info { 3409 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID, 3410 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY, 3411 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE, 3412 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE, 3413 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME, 3414 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY, 3415 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY, 3416 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX, 3417 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX, 3418 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN, 3419 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD, 3420 3421 /* keep last */ 3422 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3423 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3424 }; 3425 3426 /* keep old names for compatibility */ 3427 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME 3428 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY 3429 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY 3430 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX 3431 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX 3432 3433 /** 3434 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags 3435 * 3436 * Monitor configuration flags. 3437 * 3438 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved 3439 * 3440 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 3441 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 3442 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 3443 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 3444 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing. 3445 * overrides all other flags. 3446 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address 3447 * and ACK incoming unicast packets. 3448 * 3449 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3450 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag 3451 */ 3452 enum nl80211_mntr_flags { 3453 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 3454 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 3455 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 3456 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 3457 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 3458 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 3459 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 3460 3461 /* keep last */ 3462 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 3463 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 3464 }; 3465 3466 /** 3467 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes 3468 * 3469 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is 3470 * not known or has not been set yet. 3471 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is 3472 * in Awake state all the time. 3473 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will 3474 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for 3475 * neighbor's beacons. 3476 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will 3477 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up 3478 * for neighbor's beacons. 3479 * 3480 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use 3481 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level 3482 */ 3483 3484 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode { 3485 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN, 3486 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE, 3487 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP, 3488 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP, 3489 3490 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST, 3491 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1 3492 }; 3493 3494 /** 3495 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters 3496 * 3497 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is 3498 * active. 3499 * 3500 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use 3501 * 3502 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in 3503 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message 3504 * 3505 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in 3506 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link 3507 * 3508 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in 3509 * millisecond units 3510 * 3511 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed 3512 * on this mesh interface 3513 * 3514 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link 3515 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a 3516 * mesh 3517 * 3518 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh 3519 * point. 3520 * 3521 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open 3522 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if 3523 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are 3524 * set. 3525 * 3526 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames 3527 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path 3528 * target) 3529 * 3530 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths 3531 * (in milliseconds) 3532 * 3533 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait 3534 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds) 3535 * 3536 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh 3537 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from 3538 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 3539 * 3540 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 3541 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 3542 * reference element 3543 * 3544 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs) 3545 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the 3546 * mesh 3547 * 3548 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not 3549 * 3550 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a 3551 * source mesh point for path selection elements. 3552 * 3553 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 3554 * root announcements are transmitted. 3555 * 3556 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has 3557 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root 3558 * Announcement frames. 3559 * 3560 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 3561 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a 3562 * PERR element. 3563 * 3564 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding 3565 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 3566 * 3567 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the 3568 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish 3569 * a peer link. 3570 * 3571 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors 3572 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 3573 * (see 11C.12.2.2) 3574 * 3575 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode. 3576 * 3577 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute 3578 * 3579 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for 3580 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding 3581 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid. 3582 * 3583 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 3584 * proactive PREQs are transmitted. 3585 * 3586 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time 3587 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame 3588 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 3589 * 3590 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links. 3591 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32) 3592 * 3593 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs) 3594 * 3595 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've 3596 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then 3597 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable 3598 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes. 3599 * 3600 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3601 */ 3602 enum nl80211_meshconf_params { 3603 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID, 3604 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT, 3605 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT, 3606 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT, 3607 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS, 3608 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES, 3609 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL, 3610 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS, 3611 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES, 3612 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME, 3613 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 3614 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT, 3615 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL, 3616 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME, 3617 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE, 3618 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL, 3619 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL, 3620 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS, 3621 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL, 3622 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING, 3623 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD, 3624 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR, 3625 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE, 3626 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT, 3627 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL, 3628 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL, 3629 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE, 3630 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW, 3631 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT, 3632 3633 /* keep last */ 3634 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3635 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3636 }; 3637 3638 /** 3639 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters 3640 * 3641 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be 3642 * changed while the mesh is active. 3643 * 3644 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use 3645 * 3646 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a 3647 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the 3648 * default HWMP. 3649 * 3650 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a 3651 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime 3652 * metric. 3653 * 3654 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a 3655 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element 3656 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and 3657 * metrics in use. 3658 * 3659 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication 3660 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates. 3661 * 3662 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication 3663 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of 3664 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of 3665 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer 3666 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE 3667 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and 3668 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can 3669 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a 3670 * userspace daemon. 3671 * 3672 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a 3673 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default 3674 * neighbor offset synchronization 3675 * 3676 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will 3677 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state. 3678 * 3679 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication 3680 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE). 3681 * Default is no authentication method required. 3682 * 3683 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number 3684 * 3685 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use 3686 */ 3687 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params { 3688 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID, 3689 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL, 3690 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC, 3691 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE, 3692 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 3693 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, 3694 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC, 3695 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM, 3696 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL, 3697 3698 /* keep last */ 3699 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3700 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3701 }; 3702 3703 /** 3704 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes 3705 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved 3706 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*) 3707 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning 3708 * disabled 3709 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 3710 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 3711 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 3712 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 3713 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 3714 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 3715 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number 3716 */ 3717 enum nl80211_txq_attr { 3718 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID, 3719 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC, 3720 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP, 3721 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN, 3722 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX, 3723 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS, 3724 3725 /* keep last */ 3726 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3727 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3728 }; 3729 3730 enum nl80211_ac { 3731 NL80211_AC_VO, 3732 NL80211_AC_VI, 3733 NL80211_AC_BE, 3734 NL80211_AC_BK, 3735 NL80211_NUM_ACS 3736 }; 3737 3738 /* backward compat */ 3739 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC 3740 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO 3741 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI 3742 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE 3743 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK 3744 3745 /** 3746 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type 3747 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 3748 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel 3749 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 3750 * below the control channel 3751 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 3752 * above the control channel 3753 */ 3754 enum nl80211_channel_type { 3755 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT, 3756 NL80211_CHAN_HT20, 3757 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS, 3758 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS 3759 }; 3760 3761 /** 3762 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions 3763 * 3764 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH 3765 * attribute. 3766 * 3767 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 3768 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel 3769 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 3770 * attribute must be provided as well 3771 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 3772 * attribute must be provided as well 3773 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 3774 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well 3775 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 3776 * attribute must be provided as well 3777 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel 3778 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel 3779 */ 3780 enum nl80211_chan_width { 3781 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT, 3782 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 3783 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40, 3784 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80, 3785 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80, 3786 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160, 3787 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 3788 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 3789 }; 3790 3791 /** 3792 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS 3793 * 3794 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute. 3795 * 3796 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible 3797 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide 3798 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide 3799 */ 3800 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width { 3801 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 3802 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 3803 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 3804 }; 3805 3806 /** 3807 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS 3808 * 3809 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid 3810 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets) 3811 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32) 3812 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64) 3813 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be 3814 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon 3815 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from) 3816 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16) 3817 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16) 3818 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the 3819 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin); 3820 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is 3821 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise 3822 * they are from a Beacon frame. 3823 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these 3824 * IEs may be from either frame subtype. 3825 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the 3826 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics. 3827 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon 3828 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32) 3829 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon 3830 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8) 3831 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used" 3832 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms 3833 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information 3834 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has 3835 * yet been received 3836 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel 3837 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) 3838 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64) 3839 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet) 3840 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and 3841 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute) 3842 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry 3843 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be 3844 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 3845 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3846 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first 3847 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for 3848 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by 3849 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64). 3850 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF 3851 * is set. 3852 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal 3853 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute 3854 */ 3855 enum nl80211_bss { 3856 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID, 3857 NL80211_BSS_BSSID, 3858 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY, 3859 NL80211_BSS_TSF, 3860 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL, 3861 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY, 3862 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS, 3863 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM, 3864 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC, 3865 NL80211_BSS_STATUS, 3866 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO, 3867 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES, 3868 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH, 3869 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF, 3870 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA, 3871 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME, 3872 NL80211_BSS_PAD, 3873 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 3874 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID, 3875 3876 /* keep last */ 3877 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST, 3878 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1 3879 }; 3880 3881 /** 3882 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status" 3883 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS. 3884 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer 3885 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with 3886 * a given BSS. 3887 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS. 3888 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS. 3889 * 3890 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which 3891 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS. 3892 */ 3893 enum nl80211_bss_status { 3894 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED, 3895 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED, 3896 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED, 3897 }; 3898 3899 /** 3900 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType 3901 * 3902 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication 3903 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only) 3904 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r) 3905 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP) 3906 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals 3907 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key 3908 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS 3909 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key 3910 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal 3911 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm 3912 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by 3913 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out 3914 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands. 3915 */ 3916 enum nl80211_auth_type { 3917 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM, 3918 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY, 3919 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT, 3920 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP, 3921 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE, 3922 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK, 3923 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS, 3924 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK, 3925 3926 /* keep last */ 3927 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM, 3928 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1, 3929 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC 3930 }; 3931 3932 /** 3933 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type 3934 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key 3935 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key 3936 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS) 3937 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types 3938 */ 3939 enum nl80211_key_type { 3940 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP, 3941 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE, 3942 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY, 3943 3944 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES 3945 }; 3946 3947 /** 3948 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state 3949 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used 3950 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required 3951 */ 3952 enum nl80211_mfp { 3953 NL80211_MFP_NO, 3954 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED, 3955 }; 3956 3957 enum nl80211_wpa_versions { 3958 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0, 3959 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1, 3960 }; 3961 3962 /** 3963 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types 3964 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid 3965 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default 3966 * unicast key 3967 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default 3968 * multicast key 3969 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types 3970 */ 3971 enum nl80211_key_default_types { 3972 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID, 3973 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST, 3974 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST, 3975 3976 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES 3977 }; 3978 3979 /** 3980 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes 3981 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid 3982 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 3983 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 3984 * keys 3985 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 3986 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 3987 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 3988 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 3989 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 3990 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key 3991 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key 3992 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not 3993 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was 3994 * given with the command using the key or not (u32) 3995 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 3996 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 3997 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 3998 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal 3999 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute 4000 */ 4001 enum nl80211_key_attributes { 4002 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID, 4003 NL80211_KEY_DATA, 4004 NL80211_KEY_IDX, 4005 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER, 4006 NL80211_KEY_SEQ, 4007 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT, 4008 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 4009 NL80211_KEY_TYPE, 4010 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 4011 4012 /* keep last */ 4013 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST, 4014 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1 4015 }; 4016 4017 /** 4018 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes 4019 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid 4020 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 4021 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with 4022 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most 4023 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array). 4024 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 4025 * in an array of MCS numbers. 4026 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection, 4027 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht 4028 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi 4029 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal 4030 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute 4031 */ 4032 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes { 4033 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID, 4034 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY, 4035 NL80211_TXRATE_HT, 4036 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT, 4037 NL80211_TXRATE_GI, 4038 4039 /* keep last */ 4040 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST, 4041 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1 4042 }; 4043 4044 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT 4045 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8 4046 4047 /** 4048 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 4049 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 4050 */ 4051 struct nl80211_txrate_vht { 4052 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 4053 }; 4054 4055 enum nl80211_txrate_gi { 4056 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI, 4057 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI, 4058 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI, 4059 }; 4060 4061 /** 4062 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band 4063 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band 4064 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz) 4065 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 64.80 GHz) 4066 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace 4067 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands 4068 */ 4069 enum nl80211_band { 4070 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, 4071 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ, 4072 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ, 4073 4074 NUM_NL80211_BANDS, 4075 }; 4076 4077 /** 4078 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state 4079 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled 4080 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled 4081 */ 4082 enum nl80211_ps_state { 4083 NL80211_PS_DISABLED, 4084 NL80211_PS_ENABLED, 4085 }; 4086 4087 /** 4088 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes 4089 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid 4090 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies 4091 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero 4092 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is 4093 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of 4094 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value 4095 * crosses any of the thresholds. 4096 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies 4097 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a 4098 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation). 4099 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event 4100 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many 4101 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer 4102 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures 4103 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an 4104 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and 4105 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated. 4106 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given 4107 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is 4108 * checked. 4109 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic 4110 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and 4111 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an 4112 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting. 4113 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon 4114 * loss event 4115 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the 4116 * RSSI threshold event. 4117 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal 4118 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute 4119 */ 4120 enum nl80211_attr_cqm { 4121 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID, 4122 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD, 4123 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST, 4124 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT, 4125 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT, 4126 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE, 4127 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS, 4128 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL, 4129 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 4130 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL, 4131 4132 /* keep last */ 4133 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST, 4134 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1 4135 }; 4136 4137 /** 4138 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event 4139 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the 4140 * configured threshold 4141 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the 4142 * configured threshold 4143 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent) 4144 */ 4145 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event { 4146 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW, 4147 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH, 4148 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 4149 }; 4150 4151 4152 /** 4153 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment 4154 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power 4155 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter 4156 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter 4157 */ 4158 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting { 4159 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC, 4160 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED, 4161 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED, 4162 }; 4163 4164 /** 4165 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute 4166 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 4167 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has 4168 * a zero bit are ignored 4169 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have 4170 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds 4171 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are 4172 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern 4173 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask. 4174 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where 4175 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of 4176 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01". 4177 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not 4178 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked 4179 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched. 4180 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after 4181 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet 4182 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes 4183 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number 4184 */ 4185 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr { 4186 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID, 4187 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK, 4188 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN, 4189 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET, 4190 4191 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT, 4192 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1, 4193 }; 4194 4195 /** 4196 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information 4197 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported 4198 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern 4199 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern 4200 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4201 * 4202 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when 4203 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in 4204 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of 4205 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given 4206 * by the kernel to userspace. 4207 */ 4208 struct nl80211_pattern_support { 4209 __u32 max_patterns; 4210 __u32 min_pattern_len; 4211 __u32 max_pattern_len; 4212 __u32 max_pkt_offset; 4213 } __attribute__((packed)); 4214 4215 /* only for backward compatibility */ 4216 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID 4217 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 4218 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN 4219 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET 4220 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT 4221 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT 4222 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support 4223 4224 /** 4225 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions 4226 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 4227 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put 4228 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have 4229 * support for low-power operation already (flag) 4230 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if 4231 * any others are even supported by the device. 4232 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect 4233 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag) 4234 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed 4235 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag) 4236 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns 4237 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute 4238 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern. 4239 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with 4240 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is 4241 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the 4242 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU. 4243 * 4244 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute 4245 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support. 4246 * 4247 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based 4248 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed 4249 * to the kernel when configuring. 4250 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be 4251 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported 4252 * by the device (flag) 4253 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if 4254 * done by the device) (flag) 4255 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request 4256 * packet (flag) 4257 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag) 4258 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released 4259 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag) 4260 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains 4261 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame 4262 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN 4263 * attribute contains the original length. 4264 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11 4265 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211 4266 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 4267 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the 4268 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may 4269 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute 4270 * contains the original length. 4271 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3 4272 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023 4273 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 4274 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section 4275 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute 4276 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive 4277 * the TCP connection. 4278 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the 4279 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection 4280 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the 4281 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established 4282 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only, 4283 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the 4284 * service 4285 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network 4286 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the 4287 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It 4288 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the 4289 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan 4290 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This 4291 * attribute is also sent in a response to 4292 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets 4293 * supported by the driver (u32). 4294 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute 4295 * containing an array with information about what triggered the 4296 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means 4297 * that the information is not available. If more than one 4298 * element is present, it means that more than one match 4299 * occurred. 4300 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains 4301 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional 4302 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of 4303 * these attributes must be present. If 4304 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one 4305 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one 4306 * channel. 4307 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers 4308 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number 4309 * 4310 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and 4311 * to report the wakeup reason(s). 4312 */ 4313 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers { 4314 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID, 4315 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY, 4316 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT, 4317 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT, 4318 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN, 4319 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED, 4320 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE, 4321 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST, 4322 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE, 4323 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE, 4324 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211, 4325 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN, 4326 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023, 4327 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN, 4328 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION, 4329 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH, 4330 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST, 4331 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS, 4332 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT, 4333 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS, 4334 4335 /* keep last */ 4336 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG, 4337 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1 4338 }; 4339 4340 /** 4341 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup 4342 * 4343 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a 4344 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If 4345 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given 4346 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data 4347 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK. 4348 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence 4349 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also 4350 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive 4351 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc. 4352 * 4353 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the 4354 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern 4355 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the 4356 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is 4357 * also woken up. 4358 * 4359 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP 4360 * response packets might not go through correctly. 4361 */ 4362 4363 /** 4364 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence 4365 * @start: starting value 4366 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet 4367 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4 4368 * 4369 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the 4370 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet 4371 * in little endian. 4372 */ 4373 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq { 4374 __u32 start, offset, len; 4375 }; 4376 4377 /** 4378 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config 4379 * @offset: offset of token in packet 4380 * @len: length of each token 4381 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must 4382 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense 4383 */ 4384 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token { 4385 __u32 offset, len; 4386 __u8 token_stream[]; 4387 }; 4388 4389 /** 4390 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features 4391 * @min_len: minimum token length 4392 * @max_len: maximum token length 4393 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream) 4394 */ 4395 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature { 4396 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize; 4397 }; 4398 4399 /** 4400 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters 4401 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 4402 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order) 4403 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address 4404 * (in network byte order) 4405 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because 4406 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend, 4407 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it 4408 * might require ARP querying. 4409 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a 4410 * socket and port will be allocated 4411 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16) 4412 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte. 4413 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length 4414 * of the data payload. 4415 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration 4416 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature 4417 * advertising it is just a flag 4418 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration, 4419 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see 4420 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature. 4421 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum 4422 * interval in feature advertising (u32) 4423 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a 4424 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length 4425 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for 4426 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 4427 * but on the TCP payload only. 4428 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes 4429 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number 4430 */ 4431 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs { 4432 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID, 4433 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4, 4434 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4, 4435 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC, 4436 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT, 4437 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT, 4438 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD, 4439 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ, 4440 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN, 4441 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL, 4442 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD, 4443 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK, 4444 4445 /* keep last */ 4446 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP, 4447 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1 4448 }; 4449 4450 /** 4451 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information 4452 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported 4453 * @pat: packet pattern support information 4454 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 4455 * 4456 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the 4457 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace. 4458 */ 4459 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support { 4460 __u32 max_rules; 4461 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat; 4462 __u32 max_delay; 4463 } __attribute__((packed)); 4464 4465 /** 4466 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute 4467 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 4468 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing 4469 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence, 4470 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 4471 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched 4472 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet 4473 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes 4474 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number 4475 */ 4476 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule { 4477 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID, 4478 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY, 4479 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION, 4480 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN, 4481 4482 /* keep last */ 4483 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 4484 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1 4485 }; 4486 4487 /** 4488 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions 4489 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns 4490 * in a rule are matched. 4491 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns 4492 * in a rule are not matched. 4493 */ 4494 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition { 4495 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH, 4496 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH 4497 }; 4498 4499 /** 4500 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes 4501 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved) 4502 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that 4503 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32) 4504 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a 4505 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set 4506 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes 4507 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number 4508 */ 4509 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs { 4510 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC, 4511 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX, 4512 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES, 4513 4514 /* keep last */ 4515 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT, 4516 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1 4517 }; 4518 4519 /** 4520 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes 4521 * 4522 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved) 4523 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits 4524 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs. 4525 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of 4526 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't 4527 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed 4528 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE. 4529 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that 4530 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for 4531 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt 4532 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval. 4533 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many 4534 * different channels may be used within this group. 4535 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 4536 * of supported channel widths for radar detection. 4537 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 4538 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection. 4539 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of 4540 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations 4541 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical). 4542 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes 4543 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number 4544 * 4545 * Examples: 4546 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2 4547 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs 4548 * 4549 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8, 4550 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd 4551 * 4552 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2 4553 * => allows two STAs on different channels 4554 * 4555 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4 4556 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces 4557 * 4558 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained 4559 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate 4560 * that any of these groups must match. 4561 * 4562 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here, 4563 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always 4564 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid 4565 * interface type, the following group always exists: 4566 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1 4567 */ 4568 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs { 4569 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC, 4570 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS, 4571 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM, 4572 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH, 4573 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS, 4574 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS, 4575 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS, 4576 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD, 4577 4578 /* keep last */ 4579 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB, 4580 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1 4581 }; 4582 4583 4584 /** 4585 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine 4586 * 4587 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit 4588 * state of non existent mesh peer links 4589 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to 4590 * this mesh peer 4591 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received 4592 * from this mesh peer 4593 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been 4594 * received from this mesh peer 4595 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established 4596 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled 4597 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh 4598 * plink are discarded 4599 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states 4600 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states 4601 */ 4602 enum nl80211_plink_state { 4603 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN, 4604 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT, 4605 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD, 4606 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD, 4607 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB, 4608 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING, 4609 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED, 4610 4611 /* keep last */ 4612 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES, 4613 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1 4614 }; 4615 4616 /** 4617 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers 4618 * 4619 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action 4620 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment 4621 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer 4622 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions 4623 */ 4624 enum plink_actions { 4625 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION, 4626 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN, 4627 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK, 4628 4629 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS, 4630 }; 4631 4632 4633 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16 4634 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16 4635 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8 4636 4637 /** 4638 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload 4639 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 4640 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary) 4641 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary) 4642 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary) 4643 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal) 4644 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal) 4645 */ 4646 enum nl80211_rekey_data { 4647 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID, 4648 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK, 4649 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK, 4650 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR, 4651 4652 /* keep last */ 4653 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA, 4654 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1 4655 }; 4656 4657 /** 4658 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID 4659 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in 4660 * Beacon frames) 4661 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element 4662 * in Beacon frames 4663 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID 4664 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID 4665 */ 4666 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid { 4667 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE, 4668 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN, 4669 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS 4670 }; 4671 4672 /** 4673 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes 4674 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 4675 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format 4676 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field. 4677 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same 4678 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down). 4679 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal 4680 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute 4681 */ 4682 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr { 4683 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID, 4684 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES, 4685 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP, 4686 4687 /* keep last */ 4688 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST, 4689 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1 4690 }; 4691 4692 /** 4693 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates 4694 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 4695 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher 4696 * priority) 4697 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets) 4698 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag) 4699 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes 4700 * (internal) 4701 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute 4702 * (internal) 4703 */ 4704 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr { 4705 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID, 4706 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX, 4707 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID, 4708 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH, 4709 4710 /* keep last */ 4711 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 4712 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1 4713 }; 4714 4715 /** 4716 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION 4717 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request 4718 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link 4719 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established 4720 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link 4721 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link 4722 */ 4723 enum nl80211_tdls_operation { 4724 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ, 4725 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP, 4726 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN, 4727 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK, 4728 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK, 4729 }; 4730 4731 /* 4732 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features 4733 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in 4734 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet. 4735 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features { 4736 }; 4737 */ 4738 4739 /** 4740 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features 4741 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back 4742 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the 4743 * socket option. 4744 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates. 4745 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up 4746 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode. 4747 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested 4748 * to work properly to support receiving regulatory hints from 4749 * cellular base stations. 4750 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only 4751 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility) 4752 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of 4753 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station 4754 * mode 4755 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan 4756 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported 4757 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif 4758 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting 4759 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform 4760 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only 4761 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied. 4762 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window 4763 * setting 4764 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic 4765 * powersave 4766 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state 4767 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver 4768 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding 4769 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated 4770 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag 4771 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply 4772 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized 4773 * states using station flags. 4774 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add 4775 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated 4776 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask. 4777 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits 4778 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set 4779 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh 4780 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for 4781 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is 4782 * still generated by the driver. 4783 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor 4784 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor 4785 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming 4786 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed. 4787 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic 4788 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the 4789 * lifetime of a BSS. 4790 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter 4791 * Set IE to probe requests. 4792 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE 4793 * to probe requests. 4794 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period 4795 * requests sent to it by an AP. 4796 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the 4797 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum 4798 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link 4799 * Measurement Report action frame. 4800 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout 4801 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used 4802 * to enable dynack. 4803 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial 4804 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 4805 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains. 4806 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial 4807 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 4808 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example, 4809 * rts/cts handshake. 4810 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM 4811 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS 4812 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it 4813 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things. 4814 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring 4815 * the vif's MAC address upon creation. 4816 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h). 4817 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when 4818 * operating as a TDLS peer. 4819 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 4820 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the 4821 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC 4822 * address mask/value will be used. 4823 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports 4824 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled 4825 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 4826 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 4827 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 4828 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e. 4829 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 4830 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 4831 */ 4832 enum nl80211_feature_flags { 4833 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0, 4834 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1, 4835 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2, 4836 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3, 4837 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4, 4838 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5, 4839 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6, 4840 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7, 4841 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8, 4842 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9, 4843 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10, 4844 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11, 4845 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12, 4846 /* bit 13 is reserved */ 4847 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14, 4848 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15, 4849 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16, 4850 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17, 4851 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18, 4852 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19, 4853 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20, 4854 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21, 4855 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22, 4856 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23, 4857 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24, 4858 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25, 4859 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26, 4860 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27, 4861 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28, 4862 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29, 4863 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30, 4864 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 31, 4865 }; 4866 4867 /** 4868 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features. 4869 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates. 4870 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can 4871 * can request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with 4872 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set 4873 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if 4874 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized. 4875 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air 4876 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from 4877 * certain groups which can be configured by the 4878 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute, 4879 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the 4880 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute. 4881 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual 4882 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of 4883 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 4884 * (if available). 4885 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the 4886 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the 4887 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 4888 * (if available). 4889 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of 4890 * channel dwell time. 4891 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate 4892 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate. 4893 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate 4894 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates. 4895 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate 4896 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates. 4897 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup 4898 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode. 4899 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA 4900 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated. 4901 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports 4902 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated. 4903 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan 4904 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS 4905 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI). 4906 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the 4907 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more 4908 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold. 4909 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key 4910 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 4911 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 4912 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect 4913 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported. 4914 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way 4915 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host 4916 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not 4917 * be supported. 4918 * 4919 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features. 4920 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index. 4921 */ 4922 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index { 4923 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS, 4924 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM, 4925 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER, 4926 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME, 4927 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 4928 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL, 4929 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 4930 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 4931 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT, 4932 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA, 4933 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA, 4934 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED, 4935 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 4936 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST, 4937 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD, 4938 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK, 4939 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X, 4940 4941 /* add new features before the definition below */ 4942 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 4943 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1 4944 }; 4945 4946 /** 4947 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported 4948 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW. 4949 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute. 4950 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported 4951 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a 4952 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded 4953 * to the host. 4954 * 4955 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1 4956 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2 4957 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P 4958 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u 4959 */ 4960 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr { 4961 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0, 4962 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1, 4963 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2, 4964 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3, 4965 }; 4966 4967 /** 4968 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons 4969 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be 4970 * handled by the AP is reached. 4971 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL. 4972 */ 4973 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason { 4974 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS, 4975 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT, 4976 }; 4977 4978 /** 4979 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons 4980 * 4981 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified. 4982 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out. 4983 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out. 4984 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out. 4985 */ 4986 enum nl80211_timeout_reason { 4987 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED, 4988 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN, 4989 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH, 4990 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC, 4991 }; 4992 4993 /** 4994 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags 4995 * 4996 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling 4997 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN 4998 * requests. 4999 * 5000 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority 5001 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning 5002 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured 5003 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is 5004 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames 5005 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only 5006 * when really needed 5007 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or 5008 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the 5009 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and 5010 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only 5011 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder 5012 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits, 5013 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed. 5014 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check 5015 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device. 5016 */ 5017 enum nl80211_scan_flags { 5018 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0, 5019 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1, 5020 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2, 5021 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3, 5022 }; 5023 5024 /** 5025 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy 5026 * 5027 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by 5028 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to 5029 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. 5030 * 5031 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are 5032 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed 5033 * in ACL to authenticate. 5034 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed 5035 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL. 5036 */ 5037 enum nl80211_acl_policy { 5038 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED, 5039 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED, 5040 }; 5041 5042 /** 5043 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode 5044 * 5045 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode) 5046 * 5047 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas). 5048 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna) 5049 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and 5050 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS). 5051 */ 5052 enum nl80211_smps_mode { 5053 NL80211_SMPS_OFF, 5054 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC, 5055 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC, 5056 5057 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST, 5058 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1 5059 }; 5060 5061 /** 5062 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation 5063 * 5064 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace 5065 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC) 5066 * 5067 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is 5068 * now unusable. 5069 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished, 5070 * the channel is now available. 5071 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no 5072 * change to the channel status. 5073 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is 5074 * over, channel becomes usable. 5075 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this 5076 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must 5077 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not 5078 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever. 5079 */ 5080 enum nl80211_radar_event { 5081 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED, 5082 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED, 5083 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED, 5084 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED, 5085 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED, 5086 }; 5087 5088 /** 5089 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels 5090 * 5091 * Channel states used by the DFS code. 5092 * 5093 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability 5094 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS. 5095 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it 5096 * is therefore marked as not available. 5097 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available. 5098 */ 5099 enum nl80211_dfs_state { 5100 NL80211_DFS_USABLE, 5101 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE, 5102 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE, 5103 }; 5104 5105 /** 5106 * enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features 5107 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting 5108 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute 5109 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the 5110 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or 5111 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV. 5112 */ 5113 enum nl80211_protocol_features { 5114 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0, 5115 }; 5116 5117 /** 5118 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers 5119 * 5120 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified. 5121 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol. 5122 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol. 5123 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol. 5124 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last. 5125 */ 5126 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id { 5127 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC, 5128 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP, 5129 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL, 5130 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA, 5131 /* add other protocols before this one */ 5132 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO 5133 }; 5134 5135 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */ 5136 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */ 5137 5138 /** 5139 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame. 5140 * 5141 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt() 5142 * 5143 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver. 5144 */ 5145 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags { 5146 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0, 5147 }; 5148 5149 /* 5150 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set 5151 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated 5152 * yet, so that's not valid so far) 5153 */ 5154 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000 5155 5156 /** 5157 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data 5158 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the 5159 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID 5160 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be 5161 * added to this file when needed. 5162 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command 5163 */ 5164 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info { 5165 __u32 vendor_id; 5166 __u32 subcmd; 5167 }; 5168 5169 /** 5170 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags. 5171 * 5172 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need 5173 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames. 5174 * 5175 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable. 5176 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable. 5177 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable. 5178 */ 5179 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability { 5180 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0, 5181 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1, 5182 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2, 5183 }; 5184 5185 /** 5186 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan 5187 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 5188 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In 5189 * seconds (u32). 5190 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this 5191 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute 5192 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will 5193 * make the scan plan meaningless. 5194 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number 5195 * currently defined 5196 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use 5197 */ 5198 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan { 5199 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID, 5200 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 5201 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 5202 5203 /* keep last */ 5204 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST, 5205 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX = 5206 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1 5207 }; 5208 5209 /** 5210 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters. 5211 * 5212 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value 5213 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band. 5214 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB. 5215 */ 5216 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust { 5217 __u8 band; 5218 __s8 delta; 5219 } __attribute__((packed)); 5220 5221 /** 5222 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection. 5223 * 5224 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved. 5225 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection 5226 * is requested. 5227 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS 5228 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred. 5229 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver 5230 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of 5231 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32). 5232 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 5233 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 5234 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 5235 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 5236 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number. 5237 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use. 5238 * 5239 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT 5240 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour 5241 * which the driver shall use. 5242 */ 5243 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr { 5244 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID, 5245 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI, 5246 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF, 5247 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 5248 5249 /* keep last */ 5250 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 5251 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 5252 }; 5253 5254 /** 5255 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type 5256 * 5257 * Defines the function type of a NAN function 5258 * 5259 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish 5260 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe 5261 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up 5262 */ 5263 enum nl80211_nan_function_type { 5264 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, 5265 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE, 5266 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, 5267 5268 /* keep last */ 5269 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST, 5270 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1, 5271 }; 5272 5273 /** 5274 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type 5275 * 5276 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames 5277 * 5278 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited 5279 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited 5280 */ 5281 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type { 5282 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0, 5283 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1, 5284 }; 5285 5286 /** 5287 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason 5288 * 5289 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function 5290 * 5291 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user 5292 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout 5293 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored 5294 */ 5295 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason { 5296 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST, 5297 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED, 5298 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR, 5299 }; 5300 5301 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6 5302 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff 5303 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff 5304 5305 /** 5306 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes 5307 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid 5308 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8). 5309 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as 5310 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute. 5311 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is 5312 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery 5313 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8. 5314 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited 5315 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to 5316 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag. 5317 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is 5318 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag. 5319 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up. 5320 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8. 5321 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type 5322 * is follow up. This is a u8. 5323 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. 5324 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the 5325 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute. 5326 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a 5327 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device. 5328 * This is a flag. 5329 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should 5330 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32. 5331 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service 5332 * specific info. This is a binary attribute. 5333 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute. 5334 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes. 5335 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested 5336 * attribute. It is a list of binary values. 5337 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a 5338 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values. 5339 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function. 5340 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0. 5341 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason. 5342 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason. 5343 * 5344 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal 5345 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute 5346 */ 5347 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes { 5348 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID, 5349 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE, 5350 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID, 5351 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE, 5352 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST, 5353 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE, 5354 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID, 5355 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID, 5356 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST, 5357 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE, 5358 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL, 5359 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO, 5360 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF, 5361 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER, 5362 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER, 5363 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID, 5364 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON, 5365 5366 /* keep last */ 5367 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR, 5368 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1 5369 }; 5370 5371 /** 5372 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes 5373 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid 5374 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set. 5375 * This is a flag. 5376 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if 5377 * &NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary. 5378 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if 5379 * &NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8. 5380 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if 5381 * and only if &NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested 5382 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address. 5383 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal 5384 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute 5385 */ 5386 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes { 5387 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID, 5388 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE, 5389 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF, 5390 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX, 5391 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS, 5392 5393 /* keep last */ 5394 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR, 5395 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1, 5396 }; 5397 5398 /** 5399 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes 5400 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid 5401 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the 5402 * match. This is a nested attribute. 5403 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 5404 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function 5405 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute. 5406 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 5407 * 5408 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal 5409 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute 5410 */ 5411 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes { 5412 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID, 5413 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL, 5414 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER, 5415 5416 /* keep last */ 5417 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR, 5418 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1 5419 }; 5420 5421 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */ 5422